1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
42 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
44 #include "insn-config.h"
52 #include "dwarf2out.h"
53 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
59 #include "diagnostic.h"
62 #include "langhooks.h"
63 #include "hashtable.h"
65 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
66 static void dwarf2out_source_line
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
69 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
70 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
71 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
72 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
73 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
74 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
75 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
76 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
77 CIE = Common Information Entry
78 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
79 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
80 FDE = Frame Description Entry
81 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
82 how to restore registers
84 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
85 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
87 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
93 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
94 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
95 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
98 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
100 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
105 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
106 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
107 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
108 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
109 unique to each function definition. */
110 unsigned current_funcdef_number
= 0;
112 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
114 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
117 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
118 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
122 default_eh_frame_section ()
124 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
125 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
127 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
130 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
131 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
132 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
136 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
138 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
139 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
140 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
143 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
144 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
145 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
147 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
148 Information instructions. The register number, offset
149 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
150 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
152 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
154 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num
;
155 long int dw_cfi_offset
;
156 const char *dw_cfi_addr
;
157 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_cfi_loc
;
161 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
163 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
164 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
165 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
166 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
170 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
171 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
172 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
173 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
174 of this structure. */
175 typedef struct cfa_loc
180 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
183 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
184 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
185 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
186 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
187 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
189 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
191 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
192 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
193 const char *dw_fde_end
;
194 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
195 unsigned funcdef_number
;
196 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
197 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
201 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
202 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
204 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
205 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
206 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
207 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
209 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
210 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
213 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
214 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
215 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
218 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
219 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
222 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
224 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
225 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
226 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
228 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
229 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
230 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
231 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
233 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
237 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
238 information for each routine. */
239 static dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
241 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
242 static unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
244 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
245 static unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
247 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
249 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
251 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
252 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
254 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
255 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
256 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
257 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
258 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
260 struct ht
*debug_str_hash
;
262 struct indirect_string_node
264 struct ht_identifier id
;
265 unsigned int refcount
;
270 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
272 static char *stripattributes
PARAMS ((const char *));
273 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
274 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi
PARAMS ((void));
275 static void add_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
));
276 static void add_fde_cfi
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref
));
277 static void lookup_cfa_1
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
,
279 static void lookup_cfa
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
280 static void reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
282 static void initial_return_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
283 static long stack_adjust_offset
PARAMS ((rtx
));
284 static void output_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int));
285 static void output_call_frame_info
PARAMS ((int));
286 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust
PARAMS ((rtx
));
287 static void queue_reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, rtx
, long));
288 static void flush_queued_reg_saves
PARAMS ((void));
289 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
290 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr
PARAMS ((rtx
, const char *));
292 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
293 static void output_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
));
294 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*,
295 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*));
296 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
297 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
298 static void def_cfa_1
PARAMS ((const char *,
301 /* .debug_str support. */
302 static hashnode indirect_string_alloc
PARAMS ((hash_table
*));
303 static int output_indirect_string
PARAMS ((struct cpp_reader
*,
304 hashnode
, const PTR
));
306 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
307 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
308 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
311 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
312 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
313 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
315 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
316 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
317 #define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
320 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
321 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
324 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
325 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
328 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
329 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
332 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
333 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
334 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
335 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
336 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
337 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
338 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
339 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
340 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
341 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
342 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
343 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
344 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
346 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
347 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
348 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
351 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
352 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
354 fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
355 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
357 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
359 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
364 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
365 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
367 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
369 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
371 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
375 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
376 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
378 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
381 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
382 for the current function. */
383 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
384 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
387 /* Hook used by __throw. */
390 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
392 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
));
395 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
396 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
402 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
407 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
414 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
417 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address
)
421 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
422 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
423 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
425 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
; i
++)
427 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
428 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode
[i
]);
433 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
437 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
440 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc
)
445 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
446 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
448 return "DW_CFA_offset";
450 return "DW_CFA_restore";
454 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
455 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
456 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
457 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
458 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
459 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
460 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
461 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
462 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
463 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
464 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
465 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
466 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
467 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
468 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
469 case DW_CFA_register
:
470 return "DW_CFA_register";
471 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
472 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
473 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
474 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
476 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
477 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
478 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
479 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
480 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
481 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
482 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
484 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
485 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
486 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
489 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
490 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
491 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
492 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
493 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
494 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
497 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
501 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
503 static inline dw_cfi_ref
506 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
508 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
509 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
510 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
515 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
518 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
)
519 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
524 /* Find the end of the chain. */
525 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
531 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
534 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
536 static char label
[20];
537 static unsigned long label_num
= 0;
539 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", label_num
++);
540 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
544 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
545 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
548 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
)
554 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
557 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
559 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
560 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
564 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
566 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
568 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
569 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
570 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
573 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
577 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
580 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
583 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
)
585 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
587 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
589 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
590 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
592 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
593 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
596 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
597 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
599 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
600 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
607 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
611 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
615 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
618 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
620 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
621 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
623 if (fde_table_in_use
)
625 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
626 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
627 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
631 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
632 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
634 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
636 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
638 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
639 static long args_size
;
641 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
642 static long old_args_size
;
644 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
645 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
646 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
649 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label
, reg
, offset
)
659 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
662 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
663 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
666 def_cfa_1 (label
, loc_p
)
668 dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
;
671 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
676 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
677 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
679 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
680 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
682 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
683 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
684 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
685 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
690 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
692 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
693 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
695 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
696 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
699 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
700 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
703 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
704 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
705 offset has not changed. */
706 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
707 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
711 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
713 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
714 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
715 the specified offset. */
716 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
717 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
718 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
722 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
723 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
724 register-offset pair is available. */
725 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
727 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
728 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
729 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
732 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
735 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
736 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
737 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
738 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
741 reg_save (label
, reg
, sreg
, offset
)
747 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
749 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
751 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
752 the value isn't a register number. */
753 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
756 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
758 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
760 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
762 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
764 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
765 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
766 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
768 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
770 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
774 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
777 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
;
781 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
783 else if (sreg
== reg
)
784 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
788 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
789 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
792 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
795 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
796 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
797 from the previous frame's window save area.
799 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
800 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
803 dwarf2out_window_save (label
)
806 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
808 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
809 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
812 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
813 pushed onto the stack. */
816 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, size
)
822 if (size
== old_args_size
)
825 old_args_size
= size
;
828 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
829 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
830 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
833 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
834 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
837 dwarf2out_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
842 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
845 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
846 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
849 dwarf2out_return_save (label
, offset
)
853 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
856 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
857 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
860 dwarf2out_return_reg (label
, sreg
)
864 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
867 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
868 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
871 initial_return_save (rtl
)
874 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
875 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
877 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
880 /* RA is in a register. */
881 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
885 /* RA is on the stack. */
887 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
890 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
896 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
898 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
902 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
904 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
914 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
915 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
916 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
917 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
919 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
926 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
929 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
933 stack_adjust_offset (pattern
)
936 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
937 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
938 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
941 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
943 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
944 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
945 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
946 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
947 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
950 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
952 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
954 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
955 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
956 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
958 if ((code
!= PRE_DEC
&& code
!= PRE_INC
&& code
!= PRE_MODIFY
)
959 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
962 if (code
== PRE_MODIFY
)
964 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
966 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
967 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
968 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
971 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
974 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
979 if (code
== PLUS
|| code
== PRE_INC
)
985 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
986 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
987 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
990 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
)
993 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
997 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
999 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1000 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1001 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1002 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1003 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1004 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1005 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1008 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1012 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1013 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1014 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1017 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1019 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1020 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1021 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1022 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1023 offset
= -args_size
;
1028 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1029 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1030 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1031 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1033 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1035 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1036 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1037 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1045 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1046 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1048 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1052 args_size
+= offset
;
1056 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1057 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1058 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1061 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1062 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1063 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1065 struct queued_reg_save
1067 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1072 static struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1073 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1076 queue_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
1081 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= (struct queued_reg_save
*) xmalloc (sizeof (*q
));
1083 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1085 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1086 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1088 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1092 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1094 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1096 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1098 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1103 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1104 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1108 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
)
1111 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1113 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1114 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1121 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1122 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1123 value, not an offset. */
1124 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1126 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1127 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1128 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1131 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1132 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1133 users need not read the source code.
1135 The High-Level Picture
1137 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1138 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1139 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1140 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1141 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1143 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1144 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1145 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1146 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1147 saves. This also seems to work.
1149 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1150 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1151 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1152 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1154 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1155 offset is non-zero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1156 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1157 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1159 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1161 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1162 consists of a register and an offset.
1163 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1164 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1165 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1166 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1167 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1168 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1169 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1171 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1172 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1173 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1176 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1177 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1178 and cfa_temp.offset.
1180 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1183 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1184 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1185 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1189 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1190 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1193 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1194 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1195 cfa.offset unchanged
1196 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1197 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1200 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1201 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1202 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1203 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1204 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1205 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1208 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1209 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1210 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1213 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1214 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1216 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1217 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1218 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1221 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1222 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1224 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1225 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1228 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1229 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1230 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1233 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1234 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1235 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1238 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1242 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1243 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1244 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1247 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1248 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1249 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1251 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1254 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1255 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1256 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1258 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1261 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1264 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1265 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1268 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1269 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1270 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1273 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1274 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1275 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1276 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1279 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr
, label
)
1284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1286 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1287 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1288 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1289 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1290 flag is set in them. */
1291 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1294 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1296 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1297 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1298 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1300 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1305 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1308 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1309 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1311 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1315 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1316 relative to the current CFA register. */
1317 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1319 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1321 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1327 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1328 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1329 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1330 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1331 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1332 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1333 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1339 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1343 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1346 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1349 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1351 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1357 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1359 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1360 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1362 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1364 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1365 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1367 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1370 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1372 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1373 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1374 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1375 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1377 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1380 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1381 or adjusting the FP */
1382 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1385 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1387 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1389 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1390 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1392 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1393 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1400 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1404 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1405 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1406 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1408 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1409 into the FP later on. */
1410 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1411 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1412 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1413 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1414 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1415 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1419 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1420 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1421 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1423 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1424 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1425 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1427 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1428 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1432 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1433 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1435 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1436 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1445 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1446 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1451 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1452 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1453 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1456 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1457 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1458 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1461 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1462 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1471 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1475 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1478 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1480 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1485 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1486 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1488 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1490 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1491 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1494 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1495 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1496 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1498 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1504 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1505 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1508 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1509 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1512 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1513 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1514 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1516 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1520 /* With an offset. */
1524 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1526 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1527 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1530 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1531 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1532 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1533 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1539 /* Without an offset. */
1541 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1542 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1543 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1544 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1551 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1553 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1554 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1561 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1562 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1563 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1565 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1567 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1569 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1570 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1572 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1573 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1578 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1579 calculate the CFA. */
1580 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1582 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1584 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1587 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1588 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1590 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1595 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1596 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1604 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1605 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1606 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1609 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn
)
1615 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1617 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1618 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1620 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1622 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1625 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1628 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1632 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1633 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1635 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1637 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1638 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1643 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1644 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1646 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1648 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1650 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1653 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1656 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
)
1661 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1662 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1663 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1664 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1665 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1666 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1668 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1669 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1670 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1671 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1672 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1674 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1676 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1677 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1678 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1681 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1682 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1684 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1686 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1688 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1689 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1690 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1693 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1694 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1697 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1698 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1699 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1700 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1703 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1704 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1705 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1706 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1709 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1710 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1711 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1712 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1715 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1716 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1717 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1718 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1721 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1722 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1723 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1724 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1726 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1729 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1730 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1731 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1732 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1733 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1737 case DW_CFA_register
:
1738 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1740 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1744 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1745 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1746 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1749 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1752 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1753 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1762 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1763 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1764 location of saved registers. */
1767 output_call_frame_info (for_eh
)
1773 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1774 int any_lsda_needed
= 0;
1775 char augmentation
[6];
1776 int augmentation_size
;
1777 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1778 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1779 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1781 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any
1782 EH unwind information. */
1785 int any_eh_needed
= flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1787 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1788 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1789 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= 1;
1790 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
)
1793 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1797 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1802 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1804 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1806 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1807 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1809 /* Output the CIE. */
1810 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1811 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1812 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1813 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1814 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1816 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1817 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1818 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1819 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1820 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1824 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1825 augmentation_size
= 0;
1831 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1832 augmentation section.
1833 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1834 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1835 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1837 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1838 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1840 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1841 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1842 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1844 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1845 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1848 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
1850 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1853 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1855 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1858 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1860 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
1862 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
1866 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
1867 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
1869 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
1871 + 1 /* CIE version */
1872 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
1873 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
1874 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
1876 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
1877 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
1878 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
1880 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
1882 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
1883 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
1884 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
1889 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
1890 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
1891 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
1892 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
1893 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
1895 if (augmentation
[0])
1897 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
1898 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
1901 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
1902 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
1903 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
1906 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
1908 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
1910 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1911 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
1912 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
1915 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1916 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
1918 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1919 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
1920 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
1921 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
1923 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1924 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1926 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
1928 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
1929 if (for_eh
&& fde
->nothrow
&& ! fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
1932 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1933 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1934 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1935 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1937 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1940 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
1942 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
1947 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
1948 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
1949 "FDE initial location");
1950 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
1951 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
1952 "FDE address range");
1956 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
1957 "FDE initial location");
1958 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1959 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
1960 "FDE address range");
1963 if (augmentation
[0])
1965 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1967 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
1969 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
1971 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
1972 + 4 /* CIE offset */
1973 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
1974 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
1975 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
1978 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
1982 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
1984 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
1986 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
1987 fde
->funcdef_number
);
1988 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1989 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
1990 "Language Specific Data Area");
1994 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
1995 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
1997 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
1998 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2005 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2007 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2008 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2009 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2011 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2012 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2013 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2017 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2019 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2021 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2022 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2023 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2024 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2027 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2032 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2036 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line
, file
)
2037 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2038 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2040 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2043 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2045 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2046 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2047 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2049 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2050 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2053 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2057 current_funcdef_number
++;
2058 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2059 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2060 current_funcdef_number
);
2061 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2062 current_funcdef_number
);
2063 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2065 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2066 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2067 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2071 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2072 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2074 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2076 = (dw_fde_ref
) xrealloc (fde_table
,
2077 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2080 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2081 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2083 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2084 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2085 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2086 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2087 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2088 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2089 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_funcdef_number
;
2090 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2091 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2093 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2095 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2096 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2097 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2099 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2103 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2104 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2108 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
2111 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2113 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2115 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, current_funcdef_number
);
2116 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2117 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2118 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2122 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2124 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2125 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2126 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2127 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2129 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2130 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2132 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2133 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2134 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2135 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2140 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2142 /* Output call frame information. */
2143 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2144 output_call_frame_info (0);
2146 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2147 output_call_frame_info (1);
2150 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2151 for emitting location expressions. */
2153 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2154 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2155 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2156 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2158 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2159 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2160 implementation are listed below. */
2165 dw_val_class_offset
,
2167 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2168 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2170 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2171 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2174 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2175 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2176 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2177 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2182 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2183 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2185 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2192 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2194 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2201 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2202 represented internally. */
2204 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2206 dw_val_class val_class
;
2210 long unsigned val_offset
;
2211 dw_loc_list_ref val_loc_list
;
2212 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc
;
2214 long unsigned val_unsigned
;
2215 dw_long_long_const val_long_long
;
2216 dw_float_const val_float
;
2222 unsigned val_fde_index
;
2223 struct indirect_string_node
*val_str
;
2225 unsigned char val_flag
;
2231 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2234 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2236 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2237 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2238 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2239 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2244 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2245 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2246 their entire life. */
2247 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
2249 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2250 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2251 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2252 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2253 Only on head of list */
2254 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2255 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2258 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
2259 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2262 static void add_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
*,
2264 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2265 static unsigned long size_of_locs
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2266 static void output_loc_operands
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2267 static void output_loc_sequence
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2269 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2272 dwarf_stack_op_name (op
)
2278 return "DW_OP_addr";
2280 return "DW_OP_deref";
2282 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2284 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2286 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2288 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2290 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2292 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2294 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2296 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2298 return "DW_OP_constu";
2300 return "DW_OP_consts";
2304 return "DW_OP_drop";
2306 return "DW_OP_over";
2308 return "DW_OP_pick";
2310 return "DW_OP_swap";
2314 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2322 return "DW_OP_minus";
2334 return "DW_OP_plus";
2335 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2336 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2342 return "DW_OP_shra";
2360 return "DW_OP_skip";
2362 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2364 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2366 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2368 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2370 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2372 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2374 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2376 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2378 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2380 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2382 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2384 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2386 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2388 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2390 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2392 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2394 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2396 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2398 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2400 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2402 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2404 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2406 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2408 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2410 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2412 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2414 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2416 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2418 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2420 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2422 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2424 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2426 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2428 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2430 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2432 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2434 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2436 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2438 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2440 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2442 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2444 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2446 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2448 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2450 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2452 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2454 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2456 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2458 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2460 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2462 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2464 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2466 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2468 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2470 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2472 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2474 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2476 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2478 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2480 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2482 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2484 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2486 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2488 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2490 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2492 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2494 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2496 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2498 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2500 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2502 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2504 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2506 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2508 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2510 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2512 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2514 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2516 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2518 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2520 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2522 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2524 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2526 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2528 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2530 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2532 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2534 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2536 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2538 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2540 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2542 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2544 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2546 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2548 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2550 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2552 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2554 return "DW_OP_regx";
2556 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2558 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2560 return "DW_OP_piece";
2561 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2562 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2563 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2564 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2568 return "OP_<unknown>";
2572 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2573 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2574 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2576 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2577 new_loc_descr (op
, oprnd1
, oprnd2
)
2578 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
2579 unsigned long oprnd1
;
2580 unsigned long oprnd2
;
2582 /* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
2584 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2585 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2587 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2588 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2589 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2590 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2591 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2597 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2600 add_loc_descr (list_head
, descr
)
2601 dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
;
2602 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
2604 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2606 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2607 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2613 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2615 static unsigned long
2616 size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
2617 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2619 unsigned long size
= 1;
2621 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2624 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2643 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2646 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2651 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2652 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2690 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2693 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2696 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2699 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2700 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2703 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2705 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2706 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2716 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2718 static unsigned long
2720 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2724 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2726 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2727 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2733 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2736 output_loc_operands (loc
)
2737 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2739 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2740 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2742 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2744 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2746 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2750 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2754 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2758 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2760 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2767 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2768 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2772 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2785 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2786 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2787 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2788 only doing unwinding. */
2793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2796 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2799 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2804 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2805 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2839 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2842 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2845 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2848 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2849 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2852 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2854 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2855 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2856 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2859 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2864 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
2867 output_loc_sequence (loc
)
2868 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2870 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2872 /* Output the opcode. */
2873 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
2874 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
2876 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2877 output_loc_operands (loc
);
2881 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
2882 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
2885 output_cfa_loc (cfi
)
2888 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2891 /* Output the size of the block. */
2892 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
2893 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
2894 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
2896 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
2897 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
2900 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
2901 a dw_cfa_location. */
2903 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
2905 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
2907 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
2909 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
2912 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
2915 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
2917 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
2919 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
2920 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
2922 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
2924 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
2925 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
2926 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2927 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
2929 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
2930 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2936 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
2937 descriptor sequence. */
2940 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa
, loc
)
2941 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
2942 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
;
2944 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
2946 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
2950 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
2952 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
2988 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
2991 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3025 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3026 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3029 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3030 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3035 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3036 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3039 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3040 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3044 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3046 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3047 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3049 static void dwarf2out_init
PARAMS ((const char *));
3050 static void dwarf2out_finish
PARAMS ((const char *));
3051 static void dwarf2out_define
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3052 static void dwarf2out_undef
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3053 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3054 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3055 static void dwarf2out_begin_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3056 static void dwarf2out_end_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3057 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block
PARAMS ((tree
));
3058 static void dwarf2out_global_decl
PARAMS ((tree
));
3059 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function
PARAMS ((tree
));
3061 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3063 struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3069 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3070 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3071 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3072 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3073 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3074 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3075 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3076 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_prologue */
3077 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3078 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3079 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3080 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3081 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3082 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3083 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3084 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3085 something tries to reference them. */
3086 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3087 debug_nothing_rtx
/* label */
3090 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3091 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3092 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3094 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3095 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3096 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3097 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3099 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3100 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3102 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3104 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3106 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3107 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3108 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3109 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3110 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3112 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3113 line number associated with the label generated for that
3114 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3115 the line number entry. */
3117 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
3119 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3120 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3124 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3126 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
3128 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3129 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3130 unsigned long function
;
3132 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3134 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3135 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3136 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3138 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
3140 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3141 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3142 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3146 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3148 typedef struct die_struct
3150 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3152 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3153 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3154 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3156 dw_offset die_offset
;
3157 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3162 /* The pubname structure */
3164 typedef struct pubname_struct
3171 struct dw_ranges_struct
3176 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3177 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
3180 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3184 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3185 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3186 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3189 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3190 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3192 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3193 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3194 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3195 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3196 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3197 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3199 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3200 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3201 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3202 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3203 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3204 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3205 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3206 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3207 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3208 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3210 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3211 language, and compiler version. */
3213 extern int flag_traditional
;
3215 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3216 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3218 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
3219 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
3221 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3222 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3224 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3225 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3226 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3227 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3229 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3230 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3231 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3232 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3233 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3235 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3236 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3237 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3238 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3240 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3244 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
3245 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
3246 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have
3247 no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated
3248 for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address
3249 and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. */
3250 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
3251 #define DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH 4
3254 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3255 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3256 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3258 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3259 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3261 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3262 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3264 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3265 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3266 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3267 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3268 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3270 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3271 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3272 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3274 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3275 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3277 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3278 static limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
= 0;
3280 /* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
3286 unsigned last_lookup_index
;
3289 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3291 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3293 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3294 static struct file_table file_table
;
3296 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
3298 static const char *primary_filename
;
3300 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3301 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3302 number identifying each decl. */
3303 static dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3305 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3306 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3308 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3309 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3311 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3313 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3315 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
3316 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
3317 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
3318 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
3319 define type declaration DIE's. */
3320 varray_type decl_scope_table
;
3322 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3323 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3324 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3325 static dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3327 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3328 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3330 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3331 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3333 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3334 abbrev_die_table. */
3335 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3337 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3338 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3339 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3341 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3342 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3344 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3345 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3347 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3348 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3349 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3351 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3352 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3354 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3355 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3357 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3359 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3361 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3362 accessible names. */
3363 static pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3365 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3366 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3368 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3369 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3371 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3373 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3375 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3376 static dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3378 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3379 static unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3381 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3382 static unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3384 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3386 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3388 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3389 static dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3391 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3392 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3394 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3395 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3397 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3399 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3401 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3402 static unsigned have_location_lists
;
3404 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
3405 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
3406 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
3407 varray_type incomplete_types
;
3409 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3410 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3411 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3412 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3415 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
3416 must be kept around forever. This is a GC root. */
3417 static varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
3419 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3421 static int is_pseudo_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3422 static tree type_main_variant
PARAMS ((tree
));
3423 static int is_tagged_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3424 static const char *dwarf_tag_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3425 static const char *dwarf_attr_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3426 static const char *dwarf_form_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3428 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3430 static tree decl_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3431 static tree block_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3432 static tree decl_class_context
PARAMS ((tree
));
3433 static void add_dwarf_attr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
));
3434 static inline dw_val_class AT_class
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3435 static void add_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3436 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3438 static inline unsigned AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3439 static void add_AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3440 enum dwarf_attribute
, long));
3441 static inline long int AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3442 static void add_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3443 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3445 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3446 static void add_AT_long_long
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3447 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3450 static void add_AT_float
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3451 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3453 static void add_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3454 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3456 static inline const char *AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3457 static int AT_string_form
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3458 static void add_AT_die_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3459 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3461 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3462 static inline int AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3463 static inline void set_AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, int));
3464 static void add_AT_fde_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3465 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3467 static void add_AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3468 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3470 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3471 static void add_AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3472 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3474 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3475 static void add_AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3476 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3478 static inline rtx AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3479 static void add_AT_lbl_id
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3480 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3482 static void add_AT_lbl_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3483 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3485 static void add_AT_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3486 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3488 static void add_AT_range_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3489 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3491 static inline const char *AT_lbl
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3492 static dw_attr_ref get_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3493 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3494 static const char *get_AT_low_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3495 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3496 static const char *get_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3497 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3498 static int get_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3499 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3500 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3501 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3502 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3503 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3504 static int is_c_family
PARAMS ((void));
3505 static int is_cxx
PARAMS ((void));
3506 static int is_java
PARAMS ((void));
3507 static int is_fortran
PARAMS ((void));
3508 static void remove_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3509 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3510 static inline void free_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3511 static void remove_children
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3512 static void add_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3513 static dw_die_ref new_die
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
));
3514 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3515 static void equate_type_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3516 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3517 static void equate_decl_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3518 static void print_spaces
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3519 static void print_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, FILE *));
3520 static void print_dwarf_line_table
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3521 static void reverse_die_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3522 static void reverse_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3523 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3524 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3525 static void loc_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3527 static void attr_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
,
3529 static void die_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3531 static void compute_section_prefix
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3532 static int is_type_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3533 static int is_comdat_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3534 static int is_symbol_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3535 static void assign_symbol_names
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3536 static void break_out_includes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3537 static void add_sibling_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3538 static void build_abbrev_table
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3539 static void output_location_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3540 static int constant_size
PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3541 static unsigned long size_of_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3542 static void calc_die_sizes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3543 static void mark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3544 static void unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3545 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3546 static unsigned long size_of_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3547 static enum dwarf_form value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3548 static void output_value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3549 static void output_abbrev_section
PARAMS ((void));
3550 static void output_die_symbol
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3551 static void output_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3552 static void output_compilation_unit_header
PARAMS ((void));
3553 static void output_comp_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3554 static const char *dwarf2_name
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3555 static void add_pubname
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3556 static void output_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3557 static void add_arange
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3558 static void output_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3559 static unsigned int add_ranges
PARAMS ((tree
));
3560 static void output_ranges
PARAMS ((void));
3561 static void output_line_info
PARAMS ((void));
3562 static void output_file_names
PARAMS ((void));
3563 static dw_die_ref base_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3564 static tree root_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3565 static int is_base_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3566 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
));
3567 static int type_is_enum
PARAMS ((tree
));
3568 static unsigned int reg_number
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3569 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3570 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
));
3571 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr
PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3572 static int is_based_loc
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3573 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
));
3574 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3575 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3576 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3577 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int));
3578 static tree field_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3579 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3580 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3581 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3582 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset
PARAMS ((tree
));
3583 static void add_AT_location_description
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3584 enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
));
3585 static void add_data_member_location_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3586 static void add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, rtx
));
3587 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location
PARAMS ((tree
));
3588 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3589 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3590 static void add_name_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, const char *));
3591 static void add_bound_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3592 enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
));
3593 static void add_subscript_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3594 static void add_byte_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3595 static void add_bit_offset_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3596 static void add_bit_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3597 static void add_prototyped_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3598 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3599 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3600 static void add_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3601 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3602 static void push_decl_scope
PARAMS ((tree
));
3603 static void pop_decl_scope
PARAMS ((void));
3604 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3605 static inline int local_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3606 static inline int class_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3607 static void add_type_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int,
3609 static const char *type_tag
PARAMS ((tree
));
3610 static tree member_declared_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3612 static const char *decl_start_label
PARAMS ((tree
));
3614 static void gen_array_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3615 static void gen_set_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3617 static void gen_entry_point_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3619 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3620 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3621 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3622 static void gen_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3623 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3624 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3625 static void gen_formal_types_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3626 static void gen_subprogram_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3627 static void gen_variable_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3628 static void gen_label_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3629 static void gen_lexical_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3630 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3631 static void gen_field_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3632 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3633 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die
PARAMS ((const char *));
3634 static void gen_string_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3635 static void gen_inheritance_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3636 static void gen_member_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3637 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3638 static void gen_subroutine_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3639 static void gen_typedef_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3640 static void gen_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3641 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3642 static void gen_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3643 static void decls_for_scope
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3644 static int is_redundant_typedef
PARAMS ((tree
));
3645 static void gen_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3646 static unsigned lookup_filename
PARAMS ((const char *));
3647 static void init_file_table
PARAMS ((void));
3648 static void retry_incomplete_types
PARAMS ((void));
3649 static void gen_type_die_for_member
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3650 static void splice_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3651 static int file_info_cmp
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3652 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3653 const char *, const char *,
3654 const char *, unsigned));
3655 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
*,
3657 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3658 static void output_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
));
3659 static char *gen_internal_sym
PARAMS ((const char *));
3661 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3662 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3663 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3665 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3666 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3668 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3669 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3671 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3672 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3674 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3675 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3677 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3678 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3680 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3681 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3683 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3684 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3686 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3687 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3690 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3691 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3692 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3695 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3696 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3697 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3698 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3700 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3703 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3704 the section names themselves. */
3706 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3707 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3709 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3710 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3712 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3713 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3715 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3716 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3718 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3719 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3721 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3722 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3724 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3725 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3728 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3729 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3730 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3731 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3732 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3734 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3735 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3736 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3737 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3738 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3739 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3740 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3741 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3743 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3744 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3746 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
3747 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
3749 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
3750 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
3752 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3753 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3755 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3756 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3758 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
3759 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
3761 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
3762 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
3764 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3765 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3767 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3768 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3771 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3772 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3774 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3777 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func
)
3778 const char *(*func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3780 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3783 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3789 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3790 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3791 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3794 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3798 type_main_variant (type
)
3801 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3803 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3804 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3805 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3806 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3808 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3809 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3810 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3815 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3818 is_tagged_type (type
)
3821 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3823 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3824 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3827 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3830 dwarf_tag_name (tag
)
3835 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3836 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3837 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3838 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3839 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3840 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3841 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3842 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3843 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3844 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3845 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3846 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3847 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3848 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3850 return "DW_TAG_label";
3851 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3852 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3854 return "DW_TAG_member";
3855 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3856 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3857 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3858 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3859 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3860 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3861 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3862 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3863 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3864 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3865 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
3866 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3867 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
3868 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3869 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
3870 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3871 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
3872 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3873 case DW_TAG_variant
:
3874 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3875 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
3876 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3877 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
3878 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3879 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
3880 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3881 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
3882 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3884 return "DW_TAG_module";
3885 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
3886 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3887 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
3888 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3889 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
3890 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3891 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
3892 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3893 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
3894 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3895 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
3896 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3897 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
3898 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3899 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
3900 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3901 case DW_TAG_constant
:
3902 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3903 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
3904 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3905 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
3906 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3908 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3909 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
3910 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3911 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
3912 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3913 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
3914 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3915 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
3916 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3917 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
3918 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3919 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
3920 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3921 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
3922 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3923 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
3924 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3925 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
3926 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3927 case DW_TAG_variable
:
3928 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3929 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
3930 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3931 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
3932 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3933 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
3934 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3935 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
3936 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3937 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
3938 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3939 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
3940 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3941 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
3942 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3944 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3948 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3951 dwarf_attr_name (attr
)
3957 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3958 case DW_AT_location
:
3959 return "DW_AT_location";
3961 return "DW_AT_name";
3962 case DW_AT_ordering
:
3963 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3964 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
3965 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3966 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
3967 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3968 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
3969 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3970 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
3971 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3972 case DW_AT_element_list
:
3973 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3974 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
3975 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3977 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3979 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3980 case DW_AT_language
:
3981 return "DW_AT_language";
3983 return "DW_AT_member";
3985 return "DW_AT_discr";
3986 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
3987 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3988 case DW_AT_visibility
:
3989 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3991 return "DW_AT_import";
3992 case DW_AT_string_length
:
3993 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3994 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
3995 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3996 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
3997 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3998 case DW_AT_const_value
:
3999 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4000 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4001 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4002 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4003 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4005 return "DW_AT_inline";
4006 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4007 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4008 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4009 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4010 case DW_AT_producer
:
4011 return "DW_AT_producer";
4012 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4013 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4014 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4015 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4016 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4017 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4018 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4019 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4020 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4021 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4022 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4023 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4024 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4025 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4026 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4027 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4028 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4029 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4030 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4031 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4032 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4033 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4035 return "DW_AT_count";
4036 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4037 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4038 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4039 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4040 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4041 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4042 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4043 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4044 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4045 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4046 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4047 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4048 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4049 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4050 case DW_AT_external
:
4051 return "DW_AT_external";
4052 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4053 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4055 return "DW_AT_friend";
4056 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4057 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4058 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4059 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4060 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4061 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4062 case DW_AT_priority
:
4063 return "DW_AT_priority";
4065 return "DW_AT_segment";
4066 case DW_AT_specification
:
4067 return "DW_AT_specification";
4068 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4069 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4071 return "DW_AT_type";
4072 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4073 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4074 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4075 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4076 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4077 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4078 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4079 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4081 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4082 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4083 case DW_AT_associated
:
4084 return "DW_AT_associated";
4085 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4086 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4088 return "DW_AT_stride";
4089 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4090 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4091 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4092 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4093 case DW_AT_extension
:
4094 return "DW_AT_extension";
4096 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4097 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4098 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4099 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4100 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4101 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4102 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4103 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4104 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4106 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4107 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4108 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4109 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4110 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4111 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4112 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4113 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4114 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4115 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4116 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4117 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4118 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4119 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4120 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4121 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4122 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4123 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4124 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4125 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4126 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4127 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4129 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4130 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4131 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4132 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4133 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4134 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4135 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4136 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4137 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4138 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4139 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4140 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4141 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4142 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4145 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4149 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4152 dwarf_form_name (form
)
4158 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4159 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4160 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4161 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4162 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4164 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4166 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4168 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4169 case DW_FORM_string
:
4170 return "DW_FORM_string";
4172 return "DW_FORM_block";
4173 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4174 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4176 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4178 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4180 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4182 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4184 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4185 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4186 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4188 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4190 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4192 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4194 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4195 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4196 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4197 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4198 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4200 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4204 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4208 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc
)
4213 case DW_ATE_address
:
4214 return "DW_ATE_address";
4215 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4216 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4217 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4218 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4220 return "DW_ATE_float";
4222 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4223 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4224 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4225 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4226 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4227 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4228 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4230 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4235 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4236 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4237 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4238 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4242 decl_ultimate_origin (decl
)
4245 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4246 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4247 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4248 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4251 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4252 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4253 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4254 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4258 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4261 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4262 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4263 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4264 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4268 block_ultimate_origin (block
)
4271 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4273 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4274 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4275 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4276 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4279 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4284 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4288 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4289 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4290 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4292 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4298 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4299 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4303 decl_class_context (decl
)
4306 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4308 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4309 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4311 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4312 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4314 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4315 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4320 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4321 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4324 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
)
4328 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4330 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4331 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4335 static inline dw_val_class
4339 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4342 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4345 add_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
, flag
)
4347 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4350 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4352 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4353 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4354 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4355 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4356 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4359 static inline unsigned
4363 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4364 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4369 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4372 add_AT_int (die
, attr_kind
, int_val
)
4374 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4377 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4379 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4380 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4381 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4382 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4383 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4386 static inline long int
4390 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4391 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4396 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4399 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
, unsigned_val
)
4401 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4402 unsigned long unsigned_val
;
4404 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4406 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4407 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4408 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4409 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4410 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4413 static inline unsigned long
4417 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4418 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4423 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4426 add_AT_long_long (die
, attr_kind
, val_hi
, val_low
)
4428 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4429 unsigned long val_hi
;
4430 unsigned long val_low
;
4432 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4434 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4435 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4436 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4437 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4438 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4439 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4442 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4445 add_AT_float (die
, attr_kind
, length
, array
)
4447 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4451 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4453 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4454 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4455 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4456 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4457 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4458 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4461 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4464 add_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
, str
)
4466 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4469 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4470 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4472 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4474 debug_str_hash
= ht_create (10);
4475 debug_str_hash
->alloc_node
= indirect_string_alloc
;
4478 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
4479 ht_lookup (debug_str_hash
, (const unsigned char *) str
,
4480 strlen (str
), HT_ALLOC
);
4483 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4484 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4485 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4486 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4487 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4490 static inline const char *
4494 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4495 return (const char *) HT_STR (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->id
);
4500 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4501 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4507 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4509 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4511 extern int const_labelno
;
4514 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4518 len
= HT_LEN (&node
->id
) + 1;
4520 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4521 always better to put it inline. */
4522 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4523 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4525 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4526 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4528 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4529 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4530 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LC", const_labelno
);
4534 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4536 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4542 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4545 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_die
)
4547 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4548 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
4550 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4552 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4553 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4554 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4555 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4556 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4557 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4560 static inline dw_die_ref
4564 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4565 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4574 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4575 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4581 set_AT_ref_external (a
, i
)
4585 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4586 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4591 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4594 add_AT_fde_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_fde
)
4596 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4599 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4601 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4602 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4603 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4604 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4605 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4608 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4611 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc
)
4613 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4614 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4616 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4618 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4619 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4620 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4621 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4622 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4625 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4629 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4630 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4636 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, loc_list
)
4638 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4639 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
4641 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4643 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4644 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4645 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4646 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4647 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4648 have_location_lists
= 1;
4651 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4655 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4656 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4661 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4664 add_AT_addr (die
, attr_kind
, addr
)
4666 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4669 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4671 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4672 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4673 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4674 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4675 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4682 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4683 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4688 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4691 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, attr_kind
, lbl_id
)
4693 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4696 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4698 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4699 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4700 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4701 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4702 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4705 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4708 add_AT_lbl_offset (die
, attr_kind
, label
)
4710 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4713 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4715 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4716 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4717 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4718 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4719 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4722 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4725 add_AT_offset (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4727 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4728 unsigned long offset
;
4730 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4732 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4733 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4734 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4735 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4736 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4739 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4742 add_AT_range_list (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4744 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4745 unsigned long offset
;
4747 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4749 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4750 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4751 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4752 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4753 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4756 static inline const char *
4760 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4761 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4762 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4767 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4769 static inline dw_attr_ref
4770 get_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4772 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4775 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4779 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4780 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4782 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4783 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4787 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4793 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4794 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4795 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4797 static inline const char *
4801 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4803 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4806 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4807 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4808 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4810 static inline const char *
4814 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4816 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4819 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4820 NULL if it is not present. */
4822 static inline const char *
4823 get_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
)
4825 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4827 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4829 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4832 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4833 if it is not present. */
4836 get_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
)
4838 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4840 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4842 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4845 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4846 if it is not present. */
4848 static inline unsigned
4849 get_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
)
4851 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4853 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4855 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4858 static inline dw_die_ref
4859 get_AT_ref (die
, attr_kind
)
4861 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4863 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4865 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4871 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4873 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4874 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4880 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4881 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4887 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4889 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
);
4895 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4897 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Java
);
4900 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4902 static inline void free_AT
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4907 switch (AT_class (a
))
4909 case dw_val_class_str
:
4910 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
4911 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
4914 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
4915 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
4916 free (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
);
4919 case dw_val_class_float
:
4920 free (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
);
4930 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4933 remove_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4935 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4938 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
4942 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
4943 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4946 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
4955 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
4961 remove_children (die
);
4965 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
4968 remove_children (die
)
4971 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
4973 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
4975 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
4977 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
4980 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
4982 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
4984 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
4986 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
4994 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
4995 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4998 add_child_die (die
, child_die
)
5000 dw_die_ref child_die
;
5002 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5004 if (die
== child_die
)
5007 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5008 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5009 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5013 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5014 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5017 splice_child_die (parent
, child
)
5018 dw_die_ref parent
, child
;
5022 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5023 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5024 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5026 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5032 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5033 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5036 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5039 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5043 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5044 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5047 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5049 static inline dw_die_ref
5050 new_die (tag_value
, parent_die
)
5051 enum dwarf_tag tag_value
;
5052 dw_die_ref parent_die
;
5054 dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (die_node
));
5056 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5058 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5059 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5062 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5064 limbo_node
= (limbo_die_node
*) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5065 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5066 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5067 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5073 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5075 static inline dw_die_ref
5076 lookup_type_die (type
)
5079 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
5080 type
= TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
);
5082 return (dw_die_ref
) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type
);
5085 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5088 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
)
5090 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5092 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type
) = (char *) type_die
;
5095 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5097 static inline dw_die_ref
5098 lookup_decl_die (decl
)
5101 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5103 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5106 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5109 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
)
5111 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
5113 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5114 unsigned num_allocated
;
5116 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5119 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5120 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5121 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5124 = (dw_die_ref
*) xrealloc (decl_die_table
,
5125 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5127 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5128 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5129 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5132 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5133 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5135 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5138 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5139 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5140 the DIE internal representation. */
5141 static int print_indent
;
5143 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5146 print_spaces (outfile
)
5149 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5152 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5153 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5156 print_die (die
, outfile
)
5163 print_spaces (outfile
);
5164 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5165 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5166 print_spaces (outfile
);
5167 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5168 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5170 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5172 print_spaces (outfile
);
5173 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5175 switch (AT_class (a
))
5177 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5178 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5180 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5181 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5183 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5184 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5186 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5187 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5188 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5190 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5191 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5193 case dw_val_class_const
:
5194 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5196 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5197 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5199 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5200 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5201 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5202 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5204 case dw_val_class_float
:
5205 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5207 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5208 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5210 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5211 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5213 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5214 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5216 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5219 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5221 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5222 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5223 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5225 case dw_val_class_str
:
5226 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5227 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5229 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5235 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5238 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5241 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5242 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5246 if (print_indent
== 0)
5247 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5250 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5251 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5254 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile
)
5258 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5260 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5261 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5263 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5264 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5265 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s", file_table
.table
[line_info
->dw_file_num
]);
5266 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5267 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5270 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5273 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5276 debug_dwarf_die (die
)
5279 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5282 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5283 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5289 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5290 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5291 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5294 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5295 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5296 they are in order of addition. */
5299 reverse_die_lists (die
)
5302 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5303 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5305 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5307 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5308 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5314 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5321 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5324 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5325 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5326 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5327 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5328 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5331 reverse_all_dies (die
)
5336 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5338 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5339 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5342 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5343 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5344 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5347 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit
, bincl_die
)
5348 dw_die_ref old_unit
, bincl_die
;
5350 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5351 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5353 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5357 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5360 pop_compile_unit (old_unit
)
5361 dw_die_ref old_unit
;
5363 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5365 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5369 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5370 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5372 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5375 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
)
5376 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5377 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5379 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5380 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5381 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5384 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5387 attr_checksum (at
, ctx
)
5389 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5391 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5394 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5396 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5397 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5398 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5399 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5400 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5403 switch (AT_class (at
))
5405 case dw_val_class_const
:
5406 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5408 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5409 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5411 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5412 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5414 case dw_val_class_float
:
5415 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5417 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5418 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5420 case dw_val_class_str
:
5421 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5424 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5426 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5429 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5437 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5438 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5441 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5442 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5443 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5446 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5447 if (AT_ref (at
)->die_offset
)
5448 CHECKSUM (AT_ref (at
)->die_offset
);
5449 /* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
5451 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5452 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5453 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5461 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5464 die_checksum (die
, ctx
)
5466 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5471 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5473 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5474 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
);
5476 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5477 die_checksum (c
, ctx
);
5481 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5483 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5485 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5487 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5488 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5490 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5491 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5494 compute_section_prefix (unit_die
)
5495 dw_die_ref unit_die
;
5497 const char *base
= lbasename (get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
));
5498 char *name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5501 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5504 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5505 the name filename of the unit. */
5507 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5508 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
);
5509 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5511 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5512 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5514 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5515 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5517 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5521 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5522 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5525 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5531 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5533 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5534 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5535 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5536 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5537 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5538 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5539 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5540 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5541 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5542 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5543 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5544 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5545 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5546 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5547 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5548 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5549 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5556 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5557 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5558 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5559 compilations (functions). */
5565 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5566 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5567 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5568 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5570 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5573 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5574 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5575 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5576 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5578 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5580 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5583 return is_type_die (c
);
5586 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5587 compilation unit. */
5593 return (is_type_die (c
)
5594 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5595 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5599 gen_internal_sym (prefix
)
5603 static int label_num
;
5605 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5606 return xstrdup (buf
);
5609 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5612 assign_symbol_names (die
)
5617 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5619 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5621 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5623 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5624 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5625 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5628 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5631 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5632 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5635 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5636 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5637 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5640 break_out_includes (die
)
5644 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5645 limbo_die_node
*node
;
5647 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
; )
5649 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5651 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5652 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5654 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5657 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5659 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5662 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5664 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5668 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5672 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5673 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5679 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5680 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5685 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5686 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
5688 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5689 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5693 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5694 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5695 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5698 add_sibling_attributes (die
)
5703 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
5704 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5705 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5706 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
5708 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5709 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
5712 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
5715 output_location_lists (die
)
5721 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
5722 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
5723 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
5725 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5726 output_location_lists (c
);
5729 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
5730 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
5731 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
5732 die are visited recursively. */
5735 build_abbrev_table (die
)
5738 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
5739 unsigned int n_alloc
;
5741 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
5743 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
5744 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
5745 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
5746 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
5747 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
5749 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
5752 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
5755 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
5757 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
5759 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
5761 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
5763 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
5764 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
5766 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
5768 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
5769 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
5772 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
5773 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
5776 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
5782 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
5784 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
5786 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5788 = (dw_die_ref
*) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table
,
5789 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
5791 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5792 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5793 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
5796 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5797 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
5800 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
5801 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5802 build_abbrev_table (c
);
5805 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
5808 constant_size (value
)
5809 long unsigned value
;
5816 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
5819 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
5824 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
5825 .debug_info section. */
5827 static unsigned long
5831 unsigned long size
= 0;
5834 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
5835 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5837 switch (AT_class (a
))
5839 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5840 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5842 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5843 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5845 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5847 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
5850 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
5854 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5855 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5857 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5858 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5860 case dw_val_class_const
:
5861 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
5863 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5864 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
5866 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5867 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
5869 case dw_val_class_float
:
5870 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
5872 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5875 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5876 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5878 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5879 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5881 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5882 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5884 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5885 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5887 case dw_val_class_str
:
5888 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
5889 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5891 size
+= HT_LEN (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->id
) + 1;
5901 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
5902 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
5903 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
5904 die_offset field in each DIE. */
5907 calc_die_sizes (die
)
5912 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
5913 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
5915 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5918 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5919 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
5920 next_die_offset
+= 1;
5923 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
5924 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
5925 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
5926 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
5935 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5939 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
5948 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5952 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
5953 compilation unit. */
5955 static unsigned long
5961 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
5962 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
5964 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
5965 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
5968 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5972 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
5974 static unsigned long
5979 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
5981 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
5982 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5983 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
5985 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
5986 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5990 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
5992 static enum dwarf_form
5996 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
5998 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5999 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6000 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6001 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6002 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6003 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6004 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6005 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6007 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6008 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6009 .debug_loc section */
6010 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6011 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6012 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6015 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6017 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6021 case dw_val_class_const
:
6022 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6023 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6024 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6027 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6029 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6031 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6033 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6037 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6038 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6039 case dw_val_class_float
:
6040 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6041 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6042 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6043 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6044 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6045 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6048 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6049 return DW_FORM_data
;
6050 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6051 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6052 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6053 return DW_FORM_data
;
6054 case dw_val_class_str
:
6055 return AT_string_form (a
);
6062 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6065 output_value_format (a
)
6068 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6070 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6073 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6077 output_abbrev_section ()
6079 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6083 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6085 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6087 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6088 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6089 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6091 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6092 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6094 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6096 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6097 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6099 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6100 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6101 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6104 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6105 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6108 /* Terminate the table. */
6109 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6112 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6115 output_die_symbol (die
)
6118 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6123 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6124 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6125 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6127 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6129 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6132 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6133 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6134 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6136 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6137 new_loc_list (expr
, begin
, end
, section
, gensym
)
6138 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
6141 const char *section
;
6144 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
6145 = (dw_loc_list_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6147 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6149 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6150 retlist
->section
= section
;
6152 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6157 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6160 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head
, descr
, begin
, end
, section
)
6161 dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
;
6162 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
6165 const char *section
;
6169 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6170 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6173 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6174 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6177 /* Output the location list given to us */
6180 output_loc_list (list_head
)
6181 dw_loc_list_ref list_head
;
6183 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6185 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6187 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6188 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6189 in more than one section. */
6190 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6192 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6193 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)0,
6194 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6195 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6196 "Location list base address specifier base");
6199 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
=curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6203 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6204 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6205 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6206 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6207 "Location list end address (%s)",
6208 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6209 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6211 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6214 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6216 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6219 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6220 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6221 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6222 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6223 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6224 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6227 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6228 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6238 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6239 them to point to. */
6240 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6241 output_die_symbol (die
);
6243 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6244 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6246 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6248 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6250 switch (AT_class (a
))
6252 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6253 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6256 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6257 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6261 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6263 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6265 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6266 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6272 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6273 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6275 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6276 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6278 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6281 case dw_val_class_const
:
6282 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6283 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6284 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6285 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6288 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6289 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6290 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6293 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6295 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6297 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6298 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6301 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6303 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6304 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6308 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6309 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6312 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6313 first
, "long long constant");
6314 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6319 case dw_val_class_float
:
6323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6326 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6327 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6328 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6332 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6333 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6336 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6338 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6342 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6343 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6347 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6348 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6350 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6354 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6356 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6359 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6363 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6367 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6368 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6369 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6373 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6374 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6377 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6378 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6381 case dw_val_class_str
:
6382 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6383 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6384 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6385 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6387 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6395 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6398 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6399 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6400 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6404 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6405 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6408 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6410 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6411 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6412 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6413 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6414 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6415 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6418 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6421 output_comp_unit (die
)
6424 const char *secname
;
6426 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6427 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6428 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6429 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6430 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6433 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6435 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6436 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6437 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6439 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6441 char *tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (die
->die_symbol
) + 24);
6443 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die
->die_symbol
);
6445 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6448 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6450 /* Output debugging information. */
6451 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6452 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6455 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6457 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6461 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
6462 of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
6463 argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6466 dwarf2_name (decl
, scope
)
6470 return (*decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6473 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6476 add_pubname (decl
, die
)
6482 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6485 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6487 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6489 = (pubname_ref
) xrealloc (pubname_table
,
6490 (pubname_table_allocated
6491 * sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6494 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6496 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6499 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6500 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6501 visible procedures. */
6507 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6509 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6510 "Length of Public Names Info");
6511 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6512 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6513 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6514 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6515 "Compilation Unit Length");
6517 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6519 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6521 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6522 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6525 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6528 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6531 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6534 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6537 add_arange (decl
, die
)
6541 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6544 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6546 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6547 arange_table
= (dw_die_ref
*)
6548 xrealloc (arange_table
, arange_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6551 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6554 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6555 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6556 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6562 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6564 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6565 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6566 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6567 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6568 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6569 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6570 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6572 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6573 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6575 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6577 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6578 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6579 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6580 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6583 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6584 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6585 text_section_label
, "Length");
6587 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6589 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6591 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6592 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6595 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6597 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6599 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6600 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6604 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6605 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6606 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6607 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6608 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6610 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6614 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6617 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6618 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6619 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6620 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6625 /* Output the terminator words. */
6626 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6627 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6630 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6637 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
6639 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
6641 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6642 ranges_table
= (dw_ranges_ref
)
6643 xrealloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
6644 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
6647 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
6648 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
6650 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6657 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
6658 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
6660 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
6662 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
6666 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6667 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6669 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
6670 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
6672 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
6673 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
6674 base of the text section. */
6675 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
6677 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6679 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6680 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
6681 text_section_label
, NULL
);
6684 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
6685 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
6686 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
6687 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
6690 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6691 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6692 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
6699 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6700 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6706 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
6709 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
6710 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
6711 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
6712 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
6713 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
6716 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
6720 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
6721 int length
; /* Path length. */
6722 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
6723 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
6724 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
6725 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
6728 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
6729 the directories in the path. */
6732 file_info_cmp (p1
, p2
)
6736 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
6737 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
6741 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
6742 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
6743 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
6744 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
6745 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
6746 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
6747 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
6749 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
6750 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
6756 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
6757 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
6758 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
6759 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
6760 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
6762 /* Character of current path component the same? */
6763 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
6768 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
6769 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
6770 slowdowns with many input files. */
6773 output_file_names ()
6775 struct file_info
*files
;
6776 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
6785 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
6786 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (file_table
.in_use
6787 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
6788 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (file_table
.in_use
6789 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
6791 /* Sort the file names. */
6792 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6796 /* Skip all leading "./". */
6797 f
= file_table
.table
[i
];
6798 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
6801 /* Create a new array entry. */
6803 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
6804 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
6806 /* Search for the file name part. */
6807 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
6808 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
6811 qsort (files
+ 1, file_table
.in_use
- 1, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
6813 /* Find all the different directories used. */
6814 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
6815 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
6816 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
6818 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
6820 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
6823 for (i
= 2; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6824 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
6825 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
6826 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
6828 /* Same directory as last entry. */
6829 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
6830 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
6836 /* This is a new directory. */
6837 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
6838 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
6839 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
6840 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
6841 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
6842 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
6844 /* Search for a prefix. */
6845 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
6846 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
6847 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
6848 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
6849 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
6850 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
6851 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
6852 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
6857 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
6858 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
6859 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
6860 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
6861 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
6862 results in most cases and never is much off. */
6863 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
6864 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
6866 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
6867 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
6872 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
6873 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
6874 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
6875 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
6877 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
6880 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
6882 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
6887 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= i
)
6892 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
6893 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
6895 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
6896 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
6901 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
6903 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
6905 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
6906 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
6907 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
6909 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
6910 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
6912 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
6913 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
6918 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
6919 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
6920 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
6921 backmap
= (int *) alloca (file_table
.in_use
* sizeof (int));
6922 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6924 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
6926 /* Mark this directory as used. */
6927 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
6930 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
6931 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
6932 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
6933 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
6934 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
6936 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
6937 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
6938 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
6940 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
6941 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
6942 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
6945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
6947 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
6949 if (idx_offset
== 0)
6952 /* Now write all the file names. */
6953 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
6955 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
6956 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
6958 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
6959 "File Entry: 0x%x", i
);
6961 /* Include directory index. */
6962 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
6964 /* Modification time. */
6965 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
6967 /* File length in bytes. */
6968 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
6971 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
6975 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
6976 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
6981 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
6982 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6983 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6986 unsigned long lt_index
;
6987 unsigned long current_line
;
6990 unsigned long current_file
;
6991 unsigned long function
;
6993 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
6994 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
6995 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
6996 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
6998 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
6999 "Length of Source Line Info");
7000 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7002 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7003 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7004 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7006 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
,
7007 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7008 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7009 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7010 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7011 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7012 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7013 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7014 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7015 "Special Opcode Base");
7017 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7021 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7022 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7023 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7024 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7025 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7033 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7037 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7038 output_file_names ();
7039 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7041 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7042 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7043 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7045 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7046 a series of state machine operations. */
7049 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7050 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7052 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7055 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7056 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7059 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7060 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7061 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7062 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7063 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7067 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7069 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7070 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7071 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7072 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7073 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7074 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7076 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7079 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7080 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7081 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7082 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7086 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7087 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7089 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7090 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7091 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7094 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7096 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7097 different from the previous line. */
7098 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7100 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7101 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7102 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7103 file_table
.table
[current_file
]);
7106 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7107 that uses the least amount of space. */
7108 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7110 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7111 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7112 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7113 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7114 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7115 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7117 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7118 "line %lu", current_line
);
7121 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7122 depending on the value being encoded. */
7123 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7124 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7125 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7126 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7130 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7131 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7134 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7137 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7138 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7139 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7143 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7145 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7146 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7149 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7150 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7151 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7156 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7158 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7159 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7162 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7163 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7164 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7165 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7169 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7170 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7171 to handle it differently. */
7172 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7174 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7176 function
= line_info
->function
;
7178 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7179 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7180 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7181 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7182 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7186 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7190 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7191 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7195 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7196 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7197 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7198 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7202 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7204 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7205 different from the previous line. */
7206 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7208 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7209 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7210 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7211 file_table
.table
[current_file
]);
7214 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7215 that uses the least amount of space. */
7216 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7218 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7219 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7220 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7221 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7222 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7223 "line %lu", current_line
);
7226 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7227 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7228 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7229 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7233 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7241 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7242 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7243 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7248 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7249 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7252 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7253 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7254 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7258 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7259 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7260 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7261 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7264 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7265 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7266 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7267 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7271 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7272 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7275 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7276 a DIE that describes the given type.
7278 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7279 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7282 base_type_die (type
)
7285 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7286 const char *type_name
;
7287 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7288 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7290 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7295 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7296 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7298 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7301 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7303 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7306 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7307 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7308 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7310 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7311 && (type
== char_type_node
7312 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7313 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7315 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7316 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7318 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7321 /* else fall through. */
7324 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7325 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7326 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7328 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7332 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7335 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7336 a user defined type for it. */
7338 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7339 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7341 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7345 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7346 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7350 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7354 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
);
7355 if (demangle_name_func
)
7356 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7358 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7359 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7360 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7361 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7363 return base_type_result
;
7366 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7367 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7368 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7369 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7370 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7371 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7372 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7373 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7379 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7380 return error_mark_node
;
7382 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7385 return error_mark_node
;
7388 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7389 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7392 return type_main_variant (type
);
7396 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
7397 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7403 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7418 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7423 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7437 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7438 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7441 modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
, context_die
)
7444 int is_volatile_type
;
7445 dw_die_ref context_die
;
7447 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7448 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7449 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7450 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7452 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7454 tree qualified_type
;
7456 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7459 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7460 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7462 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7464 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7467 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7469 return mod_type_die
;
7472 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7473 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7474 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7475 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7477 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7478 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7480 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7482 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7483 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7484 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7486 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7487 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7488 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7489 type to which it refers. */
7491 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7492 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7495 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7501 else if (is_const_type
)
7503 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
);
7504 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7506 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7508 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
);
7509 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7511 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7513 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
);
7514 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
7516 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7518 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7520 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7522 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
);
7523 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
7525 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7527 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7529 else if (is_base_type (type
))
7530 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
7533 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7535 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7536 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7537 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7538 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7539 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7541 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
7542 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
7546 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7548 type
= qualified_type
;
7551 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
7553 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7554 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7555 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7556 types are possible in Ada. */
7557 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
7558 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
7559 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
7562 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
7563 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
7565 return mod_type_die
;
7568 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7569 an enumerated type. */
7575 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
7578 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7584 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
7586 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7589 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
7592 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
7593 zero if there is no such. */
7595 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7596 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
)
7599 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
7602 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7605 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
7607 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ reg
, 0, 0);
7609 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, reg
, 0);
7614 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
7616 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7617 int_loc_descriptor (i
)
7620 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
7622 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
7623 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
7627 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
7630 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
7632 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
7642 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
7644 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
7645 || i
>= -0x80000000)
7651 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
7654 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
7656 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7657 based_loc_descr (reg
, offset
)
7661 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
7662 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
7663 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
7665 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
7666 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7667 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
7670 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
7672 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
7674 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
7679 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
7685 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
7686 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
7687 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
7688 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
7691 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
7692 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
7693 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
7694 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
7696 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
7697 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
7698 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
7699 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
7701 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
7702 autoincrement addressing modes.
7704 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
7706 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7707 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
)
7709 enum machine_mode mode
;
7711 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
7713 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
7714 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
7715 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
7716 zeroth element of the array. */
7718 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
7719 rtl
= ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl
);
7722 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
7727 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
7728 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
7730 /* ... fall through ... */
7733 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7734 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7735 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7736 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7737 contains the given subreg. */
7738 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
7740 /* ... fall through ... */
7743 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
7744 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
7745 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
7746 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
7747 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
7748 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
7749 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
7750 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
7751 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
7752 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
7753 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
7754 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
7755 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
7756 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7757 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
7761 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
7762 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
7763 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
7767 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
7768 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
7772 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
7773 by a different symbol. */
7774 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
7776 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant (rtl
);
7778 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
7782 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
7783 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7784 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
7785 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
7789 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
7791 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
7796 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
7798 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
7799 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
7800 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
7801 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
7803 /* ... fall through ... */
7807 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
7808 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
7809 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
7812 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
7813 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
7816 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
7817 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
7818 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7819 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
7820 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
7823 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7824 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
7825 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7826 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
7833 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
7834 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
7835 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
7836 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
7838 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
7841 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
7842 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
7843 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
7848 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
7855 return mem_loc_result
;
7858 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
7859 This is typically a complex variable. */
7861 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7862 concat_loc_descriptor (x0
, x1
)
7865 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
7866 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
7867 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
7869 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
7872 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
7873 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
7874 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
7875 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
7877 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
7878 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
7879 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
7880 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
7882 return cc_loc_result
;
7885 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
7886 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
7887 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
7888 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
7889 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
7891 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
7893 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7894 loc_descriptor (rtl
)
7897 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
7899 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
7902 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7903 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7904 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7905 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7906 contains the given subreg. */
7907 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
7909 /* ... fall through ... */
7912 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
7916 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
7920 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
7930 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
7931 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
7932 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
7933 descriptor, return 0. */
7935 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7936 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc
, addressp
)
7940 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
7942 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
7943 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
7945 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
7946 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
7949 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
7954 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
7955 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
7956 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
7957 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
7958 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
7959 the names of types. */
7965 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
7966 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
7968 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
7970 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
7972 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
7973 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7974 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
7979 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
7982 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
7985 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
7991 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
7996 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8000 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8001 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8003 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8008 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8011 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8012 enum machine_mode mode
;
8015 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8016 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8021 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8023 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8026 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8028 /* Variable offset. */
8029 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8030 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8036 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8038 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8039 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8041 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8042 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8048 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8049 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8066 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8074 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8087 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8091 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8092 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8094 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8098 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8099 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8100 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8110 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8117 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8124 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8131 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8146 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8147 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8148 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8151 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8152 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8168 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8172 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8176 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8177 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8178 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8179 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8181 /* ... fall through ... */
8185 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8186 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8187 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8188 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8189 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8191 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8192 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8195 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8196 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8198 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8199 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8200 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8202 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8203 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8204 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8206 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8207 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8208 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8209 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8210 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8218 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8219 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8222 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8223 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8225 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8227 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8229 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8232 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8234 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8240 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8241 which is not less than the value itself. */
8243 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8244 ceiling (value
, boundary
)
8245 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
8246 unsigned int boundary
;
8248 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8251 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8252 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8253 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8262 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8263 return integer_type_node
;
8265 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8266 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8267 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8272 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8273 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8274 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8276 static inline unsigned
8277 simple_type_align_in_bits (type
)
8280 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8283 static inline unsigned
8284 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
)
8287 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8290 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8291 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8292 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8293 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8296 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8297 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
)
8301 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8302 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8303 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8305 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8306 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8308 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8311 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8312 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8313 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8314 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8315 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8318 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8319 field_byte_offset (decl
)
8322 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8323 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8324 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8325 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8327 tree field_size_tree
;
8328 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8329 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8330 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8332 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8334 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8337 type
= field_type (decl
);
8338 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8340 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8341 a flexible array member. */
8342 if (! field_size_tree
)
8343 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8345 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8346 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8347 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8348 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8351 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8353 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8354 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8355 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8357 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8359 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8360 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8361 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8363 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8364 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8365 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8366 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8367 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8368 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8369 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8370 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8372 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8374 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8375 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8376 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8377 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8378 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8379 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8380 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8381 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8382 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8383 bits of the bit-field itself.
8385 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8386 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8387 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8388 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8389 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8390 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8391 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8392 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8393 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8395 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8396 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8397 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8398 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8399 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8400 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8402 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8403 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8404 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
8406 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8407 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8408 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8410 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8411 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
8412 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
8413 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
8415 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
8417 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8418 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8420 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8421 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
8422 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
8423 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
8426 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8429 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8430 associated with them. */
8432 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8434 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8435 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8436 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8439 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr_kind
, rtl
)
8441 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
8444 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8447 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
8450 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
8451 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
8452 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
8453 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
8454 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
8455 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
8458 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
8459 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
8460 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
8461 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
8462 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
8463 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
8464 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
8465 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
8466 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
8470 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, decl
)
8475 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
8477 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
8479 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
8480 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
8482 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
8483 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
8484 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
8485 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
8487 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
8489 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
8491 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
8493 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
8494 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
8495 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8497 /* Extract the vtable address. */
8498 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
8499 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8501 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
8502 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
8506 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
8507 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8508 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
8509 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8511 /* Extract the offset. */
8512 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
8513 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8515 /* Add it to the object address. */
8516 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
8517 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8520 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
8523 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
8527 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8529 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
8530 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
8531 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
8533 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8534 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
8535 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
8539 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
8542 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
8545 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
8548 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
8549 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
8550 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
8551 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
8552 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
8555 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
)
8559 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8562 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
8563 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
8564 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
8565 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
8566 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
8568 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
8570 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8571 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
8572 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
8573 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
8574 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
8577 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
8578 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
8579 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
8588 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
8589 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
8590 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
8591 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
8593 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8595 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
8597 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
8598 long *array
= (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
8601 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
8605 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
8609 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
8614 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
8621 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
8625 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8626 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
8629 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
8630 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
8636 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
8642 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
8643 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8647 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
8648 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
8649 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
8650 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
8651 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
8652 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
8653 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
8654 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
8655 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
8656 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
8657 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
8661 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
8668 rtl_for_decl_location (decl
)
8673 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
8674 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
8675 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
8677 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
8678 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
8679 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
8680 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
8681 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
8682 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
8683 referenced within the function.
8685 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
8686 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
8687 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
8688 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
8690 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
8691 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
8692 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
8693 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
8694 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
8695 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
8697 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
8698 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
8699 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
8700 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
8701 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
8702 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
8703 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
8704 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
8705 output at debug-time.
8707 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
8708 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
8709 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
8710 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8711 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8712 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
8713 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
8714 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
8715 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
8716 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
8717 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
8718 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
8719 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
8721 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
8722 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
8723 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
8724 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
8725 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
8726 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
8727 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
8728 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
8731 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
8732 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
8733 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
8734 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
8735 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
8736 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
8737 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
8738 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
8739 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
8740 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
8741 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
8742 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
8743 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
8746 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
8747 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
8749 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
8751 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
8753 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
8754 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
8756 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
8757 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
8758 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
8759 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
8760 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
8761 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8762 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
8763 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
8764 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
8765 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
8768 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
8769 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
8770 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
8771 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
8772 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
8773 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
8775 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
8776 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
8777 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
8778 /* Not passed in memory. */
8779 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
8780 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
8781 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
8782 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8783 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
8784 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8785 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8788 /* Big endian correction check. */
8790 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
8791 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
8794 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
8795 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
8797 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
8798 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
8802 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
8804 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
8805 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8806 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
8807 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
8811 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
8812 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
8813 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
8814 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
8815 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
8816 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
8821 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
8822 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
8823 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
8824 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
8825 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
8826 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
8827 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
8828 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
8829 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
8830 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
8833 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
)
8839 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8841 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
8844 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
8845 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8848 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
8849 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
8850 code, and thus is not emitted. */
8851 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
8853 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8856 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
8867 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
8868 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
8875 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, rtl
);
8883 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
8884 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
8885 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
8888 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
)
8892 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
8893 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8895 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
8896 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
8901 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8904 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
8905 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
8906 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
8908 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
8909 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
8910 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
8917 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
8918 the value of the attribute. */
8921 add_name_attribute (die
, name_string
)
8923 const char *name_string
;
8925 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
8927 if (demangle_name_func
)
8928 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
8930 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
8934 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
8935 a representation for that bound. */
8938 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
)
8939 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8940 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
;
8943 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
8948 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
8950 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
8951 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
8952 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
8953 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
8954 /* use the default */
8957 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
8962 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8963 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8964 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
8968 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
8969 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
8970 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
8971 points in the generated code right after they have just been
8972 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
8973 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
8974 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
8975 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
8976 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
8977 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
8978 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
8979 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
8980 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
8981 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
8982 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
8983 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
8984 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
8985 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
8987 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
8988 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
8989 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
8990 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
8991 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
8993 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
8994 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
);
8995 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
8997 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
8998 it references an outer function's frame. */
8999 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9001 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9003 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9004 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9007 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9008 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9009 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9010 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9013 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9019 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9021 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9022 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9023 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9024 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9026 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9027 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9033 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9034 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9036 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9037 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9039 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9043 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9044 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9046 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9048 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
);
9049 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9050 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9051 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9053 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9059 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9060 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9063 add_subscript_info (type_die
, type
)
9064 dw_die_ref type_die
;
9067 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9068 unsigned dimension_number
;
9071 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9073 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9074 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9075 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9076 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9077 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9078 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9079 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9080 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9082 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9083 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9084 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9085 gen_array_type_die. */
9086 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9087 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9088 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9089 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9092 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9094 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9095 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9097 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
);
9100 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9101 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9102 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9104 /* define the index type. */
9105 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9107 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9108 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9109 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9110 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9111 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9112 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9113 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9116 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9120 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9121 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9123 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9124 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9125 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9127 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9129 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9132 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9133 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9139 add_byte_size_attribute (die
, tree_node
)
9145 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9153 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9154 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9157 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9158 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9159 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9160 even for bit-fields. */
9161 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9167 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9168 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9169 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9170 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9171 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9174 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9175 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9176 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9179 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9180 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9181 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9182 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9183 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9184 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9186 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9187 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9188 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9191 add_bit_offset_attribute (die
, decl
)
9195 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9196 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9197 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9198 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9199 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9200 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9202 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9204 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9207 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9208 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9209 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9210 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9211 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9214 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9216 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9217 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9218 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9219 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9220 below must take account of these differences. */
9221 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9222 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9224 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9226 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9227 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9231 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9232 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9233 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9235 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9238 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9239 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9242 add_bit_size_attribute (die
, decl
)
9246 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9247 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9248 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9251 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9252 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9255 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9256 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9259 add_prototyped_attribute (die
, func_type
)
9263 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9264 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9265 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9268 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9269 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9273 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die
, origin
)
9277 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9279 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9281 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9282 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9283 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9285 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9286 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9290 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9292 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9294 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9297 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9298 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9299 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9300 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9302 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9305 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9308 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9311 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die
, func_decl
)
9315 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9317 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9319 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9320 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9321 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9322 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9325 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9326 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9327 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9328 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
9332 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9335 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
9339 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9341 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9342 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9345 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9346 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9349 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
9355 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
9356 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
9358 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
9359 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9360 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
9362 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
9363 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9364 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
9365 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9366 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
9367 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
9370 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9371 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9372 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9373 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
9375 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
9376 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9377 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9382 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9385 push_decl_scope (scope
)
9388 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
9391 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9396 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
9399 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
9402 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
9403 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
9404 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
9405 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
9406 the current active scope. */
9409 scope_die_for (t
, context_die
)
9411 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9413 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
9414 tree containing_scope
;
9417 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
9421 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
9423 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
9424 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
9425 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9427 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
9428 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
9429 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
9430 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
9431 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9433 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
9434 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
9435 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
9437 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
9438 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
9439 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
9440 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
9441 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
9446 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
9447 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
9450 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
9451 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
9454 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
9457 scope_die
= context_die
;
9462 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
9465 local_scope_p (context_die
)
9466 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9468 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
9469 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
9470 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
9476 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
9479 class_scope_p (context_die
)
9480 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9483 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
9484 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
9487 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
9488 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
9489 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
9492 add_type_attribute (object_die
, type
, decl_const
, decl_volatile
, context_die
)
9493 dw_die_ref object_die
;
9497 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9499 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
9500 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
9502 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
9503 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
9504 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
9505 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
9506 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
9507 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
9508 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
9510 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
9511 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
9512 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
9513 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
9514 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
9517 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
9518 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
9519 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
9522 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
9523 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
9526 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
9527 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
9528 was declared without a tag. */
9534 const char *name
= 0;
9536 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
9540 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
9541 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
9542 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
9544 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
9545 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
9547 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
9548 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
9549 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
9551 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
9553 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
9556 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
9559 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
9560 for bit field types. */
9563 member_declared_type (member
)
9566 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
9567 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
9570 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9571 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9575 decl_start_label (decl
)
9581 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
9582 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
9586 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
9589 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
9594 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
9595 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
9596 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
9599 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9601 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9603 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
9604 dw_die_ref array_die
;
9607 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
9608 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
9609 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
9610 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9611 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
9614 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
);
9617 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
9618 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
9619 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
9620 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
9621 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
9622 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
9623 for multidimensional arrays. */
9624 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
9627 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9628 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
9629 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
9630 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
9631 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9634 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
9636 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
9637 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
9639 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
9640 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
9642 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9643 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9644 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9645 add_subscript_info. */
9646 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9647 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9648 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
9650 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
9653 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
9657 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9659 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9662 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
9664 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
9665 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
9670 gen_entry_point_die (decl
, context_die
)
9672 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9674 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
9675 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
);
9678 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
9681 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
9682 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9686 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9687 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
9689 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
9693 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
9694 emit full debugging info for them. */
9697 retry_incomplete_types ()
9701 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
9702 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
9705 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
9708 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9710 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9712 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
);
9714 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9715 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9716 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9719 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
9722 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9724 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9726 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
);
9728 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9729 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9730 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9733 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
9736 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9738 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9740 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
);
9742 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9743 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9744 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9747 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
9748 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
9749 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
9753 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9755 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9757 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
9759 if (type_die
== NULL
)
9761 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
9762 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
9763 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
9764 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
9766 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
9769 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
9771 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
9772 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
9773 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
9774 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
9778 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
9779 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9780 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
9781 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
9783 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9784 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9785 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
9786 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
9788 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
9789 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
9791 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
);
9793 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
9794 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
9796 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
9798 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
9799 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9800 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
9802 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9803 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
9808 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9811 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
9812 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
9815 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
9816 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
9817 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
9818 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
9819 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
9820 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
9821 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
9822 argument type of some subprogram type. */
9825 gen_formal_parameter_die (node
, context_die
)
9827 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9830 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
);
9833 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
9836 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
9838 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
9841 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
9842 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
9843 TREE_READONLY (node
),
9844 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
9846 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
9847 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9850 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
9851 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
9852 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
9857 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
9858 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
9868 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
9869 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
9872 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type
, context_die
)
9873 tree decl_or_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
9874 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9876 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
);
9879 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
9880 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
9881 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
9882 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
9885 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
)
9886 tree function_or_method_type
;
9887 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9890 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
9891 tree first_parm_type
;
9894 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
9896 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
9897 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
9902 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
9904 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
9905 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
9906 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
9908 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
9910 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
9911 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
9914 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
9915 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
9916 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
9917 && link
== first_parm_type
)
9918 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
9919 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9921 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
9923 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
9926 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
9927 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
9928 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
9929 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
9931 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
9932 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
9933 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
9934 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
9935 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
9936 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
9939 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
9940 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
9941 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
9942 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
9943 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
9946 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, member
, context_die
)
9948 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9950 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
9952 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
9953 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
9954 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
9955 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
9957 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
9960 push_decl_scope (type
);
9961 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
9962 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
9964 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
9970 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
9971 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
9974 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
)
9980 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
9982 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
9983 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
9985 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
9986 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
9987 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
9990 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
9991 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
9992 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9994 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
9996 gen_type_die_for_member
9997 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10000 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10001 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10002 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10004 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10005 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10006 if (! was_abstract
)
10007 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10009 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10012 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10016 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
)
10018 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10020 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10021 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10022 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10026 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10027 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10028 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10030 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10031 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10032 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10033 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10034 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10036 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10037 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10044 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10046 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10049 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10050 inline function. */
10051 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10052 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10054 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
);
10055 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10059 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10061 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10062 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10063 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10064 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10065 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10067 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10068 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10069 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10070 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10071 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10077 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10078 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10079 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10080 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10081 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10082 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10083 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10084 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10085 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10086 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10087 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10088 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10090 subr_die
= old_die
;
10092 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10093 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10094 remove_children (subr_die
);
10098 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
);
10099 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10100 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10101 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10102 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10103 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10105 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10110 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
);
10112 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10113 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10115 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10116 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10118 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10119 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10120 0, 0, context_die
);
10123 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10124 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10125 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10127 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10128 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10129 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10130 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10135 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10137 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10139 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10140 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10141 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10142 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10143 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10144 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10147 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10149 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
10151 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10152 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10153 We can't get this completely correct because information
10154 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10156 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
10157 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10159 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10162 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10164 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10166 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10168 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10169 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10171 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10172 current_funcdef_number
);
10173 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10174 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10175 current_funcdef_number
);
10176 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10178 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10179 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10181 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10182 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10183 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10186 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10187 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10188 variables is relative to one of them. */
10190 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10191 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10194 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10195 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10196 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10197 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10198 lookup_static_chain (decl
));
10202 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10203 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10204 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10205 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10206 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10207 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10208 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10209 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10210 an ellipsis at the end. */
10212 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10213 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10214 its formal parameters. */
10215 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10217 else if (declaration
)
10218 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10221 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
10222 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10225 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10226 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10227 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10228 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10230 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10231 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10232 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10233 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10235 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10238 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10239 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10240 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10241 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10242 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10243 parameters at all. */
10244 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10245 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10247 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10248 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10249 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10251 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10252 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10255 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10256 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10257 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10259 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10260 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10261 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10262 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10263 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10264 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10265 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10267 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10268 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10269 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10270 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10271 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10272 constructor function. */
10273 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10275 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10276 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10278 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10279 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10281 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10282 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10284 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10285 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10292 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10295 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
)
10297 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10299 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10300 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
);
10302 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10303 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10304 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10306 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10307 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10309 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10310 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10312 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10313 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10316 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10317 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10318 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10320 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10321 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10322 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10324 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10326 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10327 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10329 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10330 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10332 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10333 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10338 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10339 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10340 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10342 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10343 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10345 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10346 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10348 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10349 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10350 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10351 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10355 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10357 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10358 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
10360 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10362 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10363 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
10366 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10369 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10372 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
)
10374 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10376 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10377 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
);
10379 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10381 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10382 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
10384 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
10386 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10387 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
10390 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10392 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10393 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
10394 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10395 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
10396 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
10397 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
10399 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10400 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10401 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10402 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10403 it if it ever does happen. */
10404 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
10407 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
10408 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10413 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10416 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
10418 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10421 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
);
10422 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10424 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10426 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
10430 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
10432 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
10435 add_ranges (chain
);
10436 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
10443 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10444 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10445 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10446 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10447 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10448 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10452 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
10455 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
10458 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
10460 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10463 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10465 dw_die_ref subr_die
10466 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
);
10467 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
10468 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10470 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
10471 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
10473 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10474 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10475 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10476 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10477 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10478 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10479 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10480 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
10481 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
10485 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
10488 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
)
10490 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10492 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
);
10494 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10495 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
10496 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
10499 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
10501 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10502 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10503 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10506 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
10507 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
10509 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10510 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10512 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10513 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10514 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10515 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10519 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10520 Use modified_type_die instead.
10521 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10522 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10525 gen_pointer_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10527 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10530 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
10532 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
10533 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10534 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
10537 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10538 Use modified_type_die instead.
10539 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10540 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10543 gen_reference_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10545 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10548 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
10550 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
10551 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10552 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
10556 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
10559 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10561 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10564 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
10566 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
10567 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10568 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
10569 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10572 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
10575 gen_compile_unit_die (filename
)
10576 const char *filename
;
10579 char producer
[250];
10580 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
10581 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
10584 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
);
10585 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
10587 if (wd
!= NULL
&& filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
10588 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
10590 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
10592 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10593 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
10594 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
10595 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
10596 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
10597 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
10598 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
10599 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10600 strcat (producer
, " -g");
10603 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
10605 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
10606 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
10607 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
10608 language
= DW_LANG_Ada83
;
10609 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
10610 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
10611 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
10612 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
10613 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
10614 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
10615 else if (flag_traditional
)
10616 language
= DW_LANG_C
;
10618 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
10620 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
10624 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
10627 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10629 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10631 dw_die_ref type_die
10632 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
10634 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10636 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
10637 TODO: add string length info. */
10639 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
10640 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
10644 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
10647 gen_inheritance_die (binfo
, context_die
)
10649 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10651 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
);
10653 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10654 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
10656 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
10657 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10659 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo
))
10660 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
10661 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo
))
10662 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10665 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
10668 gen_member_die (type
, context_die
)
10670 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10675 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
10676 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
10677 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
10678 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
10679 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
10680 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
10681 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
10682 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
10683 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
10684 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
10685 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
10687 /* First output info about the base classes. */
10688 if (TYPE_BINFO (type
) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type
))
10690 tree bases
= TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type
);
10691 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
10694 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
10695 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
), context_die
);
10698 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
10699 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
10701 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
10702 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
10703 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
10704 do put them in the right order. */
10706 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
10708 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
10710 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
10713 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
10714 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
10716 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
10717 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
10720 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
10722 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
10724 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
10728 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
10729 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
10730 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
10733 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10735 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10737 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10738 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
10740 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
10741 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
10742 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
10744 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
10747 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
10748 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
10751 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10753 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
10754 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
10756 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
10758 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
10759 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
10761 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10763 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10765 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10768 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10770 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
10771 then give a list of members. */
10774 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
10775 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
10776 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10777 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10778 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10779 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10781 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10782 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10783 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10784 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
10786 push_decl_scope (type
);
10787 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
10790 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
10791 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
10793 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
10795 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
10796 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10797 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
10802 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10804 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
10805 if (! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
10806 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
10810 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
10813 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10815 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10817 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10818 dw_die_ref subr_die
10819 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
10821 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
10822 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
10823 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10824 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
10827 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
10830 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
)
10832 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10834 dw_die_ref type_die
;
10837 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10840 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
10841 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
);
10842 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10843 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10844 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
10849 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
10850 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
10852 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
10854 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
10857 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
10860 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10862 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10863 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10866 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10867 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
10870 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
10873 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10875 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10879 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
10882 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10883 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
10884 main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
10885 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
10887 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
10890 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10891 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10893 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10894 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
10898 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
10904 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
10905 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
10906 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
10907 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
10908 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
10910 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10912 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
10913 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
10914 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10918 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
10919 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
10920 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
10922 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
10923 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10925 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
10927 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10931 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
10932 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10936 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10937 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
10940 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
10941 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10942 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10943 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10947 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10948 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10949 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10953 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
10955 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10956 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10959 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10963 gen_type_die (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10966 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10969 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10970 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
10971 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
10972 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
10973 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
10974 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
10975 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
10976 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
10977 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
10978 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
10980 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
10982 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
10985 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
10986 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
10987 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
10993 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
10994 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10996 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11001 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11002 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11003 when appropriate. */
11012 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11016 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11023 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11026 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11029 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type
, context_die
)
11031 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11033 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11036 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11037 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11038 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11040 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11043 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11044 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11046 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11051 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11052 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11056 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11060 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11061 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11069 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11070 things which are local to the given block. */
11073 gen_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11075 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11078 int must_output_die
= 0;
11081 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11083 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11084 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11085 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11088 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11089 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11090 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11091 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11095 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11096 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11101 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11102 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11103 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11104 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11105 the current block. */
11106 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11107 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11109 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11111 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11112 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11113 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11114 must_output_die
= 1;
11117 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11118 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11119 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11120 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11121 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11122 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11123 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11124 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11126 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11127 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11128 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11129 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11130 as being a "significant" one. */
11131 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11133 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11134 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11135 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11136 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11137 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11138 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11140 must_output_die
= 1;
11146 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11147 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11148 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11149 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11150 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11151 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11152 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11153 if (must_output_die
)
11155 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11156 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11158 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11161 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11164 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11165 all of its sub-blocks. */
11168 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11170 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11176 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11177 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11180 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11181 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11182 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11183 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11184 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11188 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11189 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11190 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11191 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11195 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11196 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11198 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11201 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11202 therein) of this block. */
11203 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11205 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11206 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11209 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11212 is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
11215 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11218 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11219 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11220 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11221 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11222 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11223 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11229 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11232 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
)
11234 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11238 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11241 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11247 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11248 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11251 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11252 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11253 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11254 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11255 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11258 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11259 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11260 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11262 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11263 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11264 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11265 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
11266 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11267 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11268 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11269 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11271 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11272 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11275 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11276 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11278 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11279 have described its return type. */
11280 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
11282 /* And its virtual context. */
11283 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11284 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
11286 /* And its containing type. */
11287 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11288 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11289 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11292 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11293 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
11297 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11298 actual typedefs. */
11299 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11302 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
11303 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
11304 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
11305 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
11306 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
11307 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
11308 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11310 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11314 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
11315 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11317 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
11318 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
11322 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
11323 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
11327 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11328 variable declarations or definitions. */
11329 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11332 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
11334 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11336 /* And its containing type. */
11337 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11338 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11339 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11341 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
11342 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
11343 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
11345 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11346 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
11347 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11349 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
11353 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
11354 anonymous unions. */
11355 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
11356 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
11358 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
11359 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
11364 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11365 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11368 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
11369 /* Ignore for now. */
11377 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
11380 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename
, context_list
)
11381 const char *filename
;
11382 const char *context_list
;
11384 unsigned int file_index
;
11386 if (filename
!= NULL
)
11388 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
);
11389 tree context_list_decl
11390 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
11393 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
11394 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
11395 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11396 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11397 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
11401 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11402 compilation proper has finished. */
11405 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl
)
11408 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11409 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
11410 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
11411 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11412 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11413 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11416 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11419 dwarf2out_decl (decl
)
11422 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11424 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11429 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11430 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
11431 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
11432 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
11433 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
11436 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
11437 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
11438 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
11439 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
11440 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
11441 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
11442 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
11443 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
11444 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
11445 with the definition of the function.
11447 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
11448 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
11449 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
11450 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
11451 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
11452 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
11453 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
11454 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
11455 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
11456 that they *are* definitions).
11458 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
11459 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
11460 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
11461 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
11462 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
11463 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11466 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
11467 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
11468 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
11469 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
11470 context_die
= NULL
;
11474 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
11475 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
11476 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
11477 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
11478 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
11479 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
11480 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
11481 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
11482 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
11485 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11486 variable declarations or definitions. */
11487 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11492 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
11493 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
11496 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
11497 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
11498 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
11500 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
11501 comparisons have. */
11502 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
11503 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
11504 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
11505 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11506 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
11511 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
11512 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11515 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
11516 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
11517 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
11518 context_die
= NULL
;
11526 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11529 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
11530 a lexical block. */
11533 dwarf2out_begin_block (line
, blocknum
)
11534 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11535 unsigned int blocknum
;
11537 function_section (current_function_decl
);
11538 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
11541 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
11545 dwarf2out_end_block (line
, blocknum
)
11546 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11547 unsigned int blocknum
;
11549 function_section (current_function_decl
);
11550 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
11553 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
11554 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
11556 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
11557 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
11558 we may end up calling them anyway. */
11561 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block
)
11566 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11567 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11568 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
11574 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
11575 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
11576 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
11577 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
11578 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
11579 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
11580 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
11581 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
11582 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
11586 lookup_filename (file_name
)
11587 const char *file_name
;
11591 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
11592 if (strcmp (file_name
, "<internal>") == 0
11593 || strcmp (file_name
, "<built-in>") == 0)
11596 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
11597 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
11598 if (file_table
.last_lookup_index
!= 0)
11599 if (0 == strcmp (file_name
,
11600 file_table
.table
[file_table
.last_lookup_index
]))
11601 return file_table
.last_lookup_index
;
11603 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
11604 for (i
= 1; i
< file_table
.in_use
; i
++)
11605 if (strcmp (file_name
, file_table
.table
[i
]) == 0)
11607 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= i
;
11611 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
11612 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
11613 if (i
== file_table
.allocated
)
11615 file_table
.allocated
= i
+ FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11616 file_table
.table
= (char **)
11617 xrealloc (file_table
.table
, file_table
.allocated
* sizeof (char *));
11620 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
11621 file_table
.table
[i
] = xstrdup (file_name
);
11622 file_table
.in_use
= i
+ 1;
11623 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= i
;
11625 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
11626 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u \"%s\"\n", i
, file_name
);
11634 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
11635 file_table
.table
= (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (char *));
11636 file_table
.allocated
= FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11638 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
11639 file_table
.in_use
= 1;
11640 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= 0;
11643 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
11644 and record information relating to this source line, in
11645 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
11648 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, filename
)
11650 const char *filename
;
11652 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
11654 function_section (current_function_decl
);
11656 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
11657 if (flag_debug_asm
)
11658 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
11661 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
11663 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11665 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
11666 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
11668 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
11669 line_info_table_in_use
++;
11671 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
11672 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
11673 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
11675 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
11677 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
11678 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11679 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
11681 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
11682 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
11683 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
11685 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11686 separate_line_info_table
11687 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
11688 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table
,
11689 separate_line_info_table_allocated
11690 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
11693 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11695 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
11696 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11697 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
11698 line_info
->function
= current_funcdef_number
;
11702 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
11704 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11705 line_info_table_in_use
);
11707 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
11708 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
11710 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11712 = (dw_line_info_ref
)
11713 xrealloc (line_info_table
,
11714 (line_info_table_allocated
11715 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
11718 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11719 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
11720 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11721 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
11726 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
11729 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno
, filename
)
11730 unsigned int lineno
;
11731 const char *filename
;
11733 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
11735 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
11736 dw_die_ref bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
);
11737 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
11740 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11742 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11743 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
11744 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
11746 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
11747 "Filename we just started");
11751 /* Record the end of a source file. */
11754 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno
)
11755 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11757 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
11758 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
11759 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
);
11761 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11763 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11764 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
11768 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11769 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11770 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11773 dwarf2out_define (lineno
, buffer
)
11774 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11775 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11777 static int initialized
= 0;
11780 dwarf2out_start_source_file (0, primary_filename
);
11784 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11786 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11787 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
11788 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
11789 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
11793 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11794 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11795 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11798 dwarf2out_undef (lineno
, buffer
)
11799 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11800 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11802 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11804 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
11806 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
11807 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
11811 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
11814 dwarf2out_init (main_input_filename
)
11815 const char *main_input_filename
;
11817 init_file_table ();
11819 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
11820 primary_filename
= main_input_filename
;
11822 /* Add it to the file table first, under the assumption that we'll
11823 be emitting line number data for it first, which avoids having
11824 to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
11825 lookup_filename (main_input_filename
);
11827 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
11829 = (dw_die_ref
*) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
11830 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11831 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
11833 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
11834 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
11835 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&decl_scope_table
, 1);
11837 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
11839 = (dw_die_ref
*) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
,
11840 sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
11841 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11842 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11843 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
11845 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
11847 = (dw_line_info_ref
) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
,
11848 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
11849 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11851 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11852 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
11854 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
11855 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
11856 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
11857 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
11858 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
11859 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename
);
11861 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
11862 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&incomplete_types
, 1);
11864 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
11865 ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray
, 1);
11867 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
11868 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
11869 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
11870 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
11871 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
11873 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
11875 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
11876 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
11877 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
11878 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
11879 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
11880 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
11881 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11882 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
11883 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11884 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
11885 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11886 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
11888 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
11890 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
11891 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
11892 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
11893 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
11896 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
11899 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
11903 /* Allocate a string in .debug_str hash table. */
11906 indirect_string_alloc (tab
)
11907 hash_table
*tab ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11909 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
11911 node
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
11912 node
->refcount
= 0;
11914 node
->label
= NULL
;
11916 return (hashnode
) node
;
11919 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
11920 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
11923 output_indirect_string (pfile
, h
, v
)
11924 struct cpp_reader
*pfile ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11926 const PTR v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11928 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) h
;
11930 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
11932 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
11933 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
11934 assemble_string ((const char *) HT_STR (&node
->id
),
11935 HT_LEN (&node
->id
) + 1);
11941 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
11942 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
11945 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename
)
11946 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11948 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
11949 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
11951 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
11952 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
11953 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
11954 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
11956 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
11958 next_node
= node
->next
;
11961 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11963 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
11966 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
11967 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
11969 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
11970 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
11971 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
11979 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
11981 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11982 emit full debugging info for them. */
11983 retry_incomplete_types ();
11985 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
11986 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
11987 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
11989 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
11990 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
11991 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
11992 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
11994 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
11995 that have children. */
11996 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
11997 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
11998 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12000 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12002 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12004 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12005 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12006 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12007 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12008 examining the file. */
12009 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12011 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12012 output_line_info ();
12015 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12016 if (have_location_lists
)
12018 /* Output the location lists info. */
12019 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12020 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12021 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12022 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12023 output_location_lists (die
);
12024 have_location_lists
= 0;
12027 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12029 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12031 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12032 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12035 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12036 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12037 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12038 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12040 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12041 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12042 debug_line_section_label
);
12044 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12045 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12047 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12048 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12049 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12050 output_comp_unit (node
->die
);
12052 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
);
12054 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12055 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12056 output_abbrev_section ();
12058 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12059 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
12061 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12062 output_pubnames ();
12065 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12066 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12067 if (fde_table_in_use
)
12069 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12073 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12074 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
12076 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12077 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
12081 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12082 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12084 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12085 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12088 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12090 if (debug_str_hash
)
12091 ht_forall (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
12093 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO */